1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
32 #include "plugin-api.h"
36 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
37 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
39 struct elf_info_failed
41 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
45 /* This structure is used to pass information to
46 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
48 struct elf_find_verdep_info
50 /* General link information. */
51 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
52 /* The number of dependencies. */
54 /* Whether we had a failure. */
58 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
59 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
62 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
63 unsigned long r_symndx
,
66 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
67 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
69 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
71 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
73 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
74 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
75 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
77 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
78 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
79 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
80 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
86 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
87 but it could be a relocation against a local
88 symbol for a discarded section. */
90 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
92 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
93 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
94 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
96 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
102 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
104 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
105 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
106 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
111 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
112 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
114 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
117 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
118 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
119 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
120 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
121 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
127 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
128 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
129 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
132 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
133 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
136 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
137 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
138 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
139 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
141 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
146 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
150 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
151 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
152 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
154 /* This function may be called more than once. */
155 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
158 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
160 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
161 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
162 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
163 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
166 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
170 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
172 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
176 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
178 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
180 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
181 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
186 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
187 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
189 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
191 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
192 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
193 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
194 a global offset table. */
195 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
196 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
197 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
205 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
207 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
209 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
211 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
212 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
214 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
215 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
216 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
217 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
218 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
221 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
223 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
229 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
232 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
234 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
235 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
241 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
242 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
243 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
244 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
245 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
246 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
249 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
253 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
254 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
256 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
259 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
262 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
265 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
266 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
268 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
270 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
271 shared library does not. */
272 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
274 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
275 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
280 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
281 if they are not needed. */
282 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
283 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
285 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
288 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
289 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
291 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
294 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
295 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
297 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
300 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
301 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
303 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
305 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
307 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
308 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
312 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
314 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
317 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
318 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
319 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
320 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
321 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
322 to decide how to initialize the process. */
323 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
324 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
330 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
331 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
333 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
335 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
338 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
340 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
341 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
343 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
345 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
346 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
347 variable count of 32-bit words. */
348 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
349 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
351 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
354 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
355 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
356 the .got and .plt sections. */
357 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
358 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
361 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
366 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
369 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
371 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
372 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
374 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
375 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
377 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
378 .rel[a].bss sections. */
379 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
382 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
383 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
384 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
385 to read in from the object file. */
386 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
388 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
389 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
390 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
392 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
394 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
398 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
400 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
402 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
403 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
404 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
409 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
410 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
411 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
412 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
414 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
418 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
421 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
423 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
424 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
425 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
426 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
427 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
428 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
429 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
430 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
435 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
437 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
438 sections. This section doesn't really need to have contents,
439 but make it like other .data.rel.ro sections. */
440 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
447 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
448 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
449 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
450 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
451 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
452 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
453 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
454 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
455 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
456 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
458 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
460 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
461 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
462 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
463 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
465 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
469 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
471 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
472 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
473 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
474 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
476 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
477 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
479 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
487 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
488 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
489 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
490 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
491 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
492 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
496 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
497 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
499 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
501 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
506 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
507 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
508 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
509 this would not be necessary. */
510 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
514 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
515 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
518 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
526 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
527 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
529 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
532 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
533 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
538 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
540 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
541 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
543 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
544 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
545 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
546 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
547 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
550 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
555 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
557 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
563 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
566 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
567 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
568 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
570 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
572 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
573 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
576 if ((info
->dynamic_data
577 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
578 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
580 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
581 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
583 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
584 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
588 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
589 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
592 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
593 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
598 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
599 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
600 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
602 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
605 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
606 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
610 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
611 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
613 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
615 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
616 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
619 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
620 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
622 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
626 switch (h
->root
.type
)
628 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
629 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
630 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
632 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
633 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
634 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
635 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
636 may depend on this. */
637 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
638 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
639 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
641 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
642 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
645 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
646 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
647 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
648 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
650 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
651 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
652 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
653 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
655 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
656 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
657 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
658 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
665 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
666 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
667 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
668 force the correct value. */
672 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
674 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
675 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
676 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
677 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
681 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
683 /* Make sure this symbol is not garbage collected. */
690 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
691 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
692 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
693 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
696 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
698 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
700 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
701 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
706 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
707 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
710 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
713 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
714 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
715 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
716 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
717 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
719 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
727 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
728 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
729 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
732 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
737 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
738 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
739 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
742 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
743 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
745 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
748 /* See if the entry exists already. */
749 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
750 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
753 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
754 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
758 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
759 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
760 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
762 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
766 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
767 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
771 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
772 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
774 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
775 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
776 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
781 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
782 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
783 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
785 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
788 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
789 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
794 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
795 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
797 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
799 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
801 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
802 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
803 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
804 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
807 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
809 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
811 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
816 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
819 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
823 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
825 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
826 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
831 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
832 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
833 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
836 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
839 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
844 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
845 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
851 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
852 STB_LOCAL binding. */
855 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
858 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
860 if (!h
->forced_local
)
863 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
864 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
869 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
870 omitted when creating a shared library. */
872 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
873 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
876 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
879 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
883 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
884 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
886 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
887 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
890 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
891 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
893 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
894 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
895 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
897 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
898 against any other section. */
904 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
905 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
906 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
907 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
911 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
912 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
913 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
915 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
917 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
918 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
920 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
922 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
923 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
924 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
925 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
926 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
928 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
930 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
932 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
933 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
936 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
938 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
939 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
940 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
942 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
944 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
945 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
948 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
949 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
950 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
954 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
958 /* Merge st_other field. */
961 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
962 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
963 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
965 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
967 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
968 code might be needed here. */
969 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
970 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
975 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
976 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
978 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
979 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
980 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
981 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
984 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
985 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
986 h
->protected_def
= 1;
989 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
990 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
991 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
992 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
993 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
994 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
995 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
996 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
997 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
998 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
999 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
1000 type or size does change. */
1003 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1004 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1006 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1011 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1012 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1014 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1015 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1016 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1017 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1019 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1020 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1021 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1022 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1025 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1026 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1027 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1034 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1036 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1037 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1039 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1040 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1045 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1047 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1048 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1050 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1051 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1054 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1056 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1057 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1059 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1062 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1066 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1071 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1072 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1074 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1075 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1076 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1080 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1084 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1085 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1086 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1087 the same symbol version. */
1088 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1089 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1090 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1091 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1096 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1100 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1101 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1106 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1107 have the same symbol version. */
1108 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1109 || (old_version
!= NULL
1110 && new_version
!= NULL
1111 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1116 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1121 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1126 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1127 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1128 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1131 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1132 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1133 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1134 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1137 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1138 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1139 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1141 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1144 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1147 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1148 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1149 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1150 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1152 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1154 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
1155 if we are doing an ELF link. */
1156 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
1159 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1160 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1162 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1164 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1165 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1167 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1169 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1170 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1171 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1172 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1173 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1174 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1175 reference to the executable symbol. */
1178 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1180 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1182 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1183 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1188 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1191 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1195 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1196 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1197 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1199 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1205 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1206 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1207 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1208 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1209 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1210 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1212 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1213 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1214 || !h
->def_regular
))
1219 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1220 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1222 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1223 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1224 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1227 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1228 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1230 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1232 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1233 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1234 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1236 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1237 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1239 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1240 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1242 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1243 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1245 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from a
1246 dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if there is
1247 an existing regular definition with a different type. We don't
1248 want, for example, a "time" variable in the executable overriding
1249 a "time" function in a shared library. */
1250 if (pold_alignment
== NULL
1254 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1255 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1256 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1257 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1258 && !(newfunc
&& oldfunc
))
1264 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1265 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1266 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1268 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1269 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1270 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1271 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1274 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1275 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1277 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1298 /* xgettext:c-format */
1299 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1300 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1301 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1302 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1304 /* xgettext:c-format */
1305 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1306 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1307 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1310 /* xgettext:c-format */
1311 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1312 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1313 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1316 /* xgettext:c-format */
1317 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1318 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1319 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1321 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1325 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1326 definition from a dynamic object. */
1328 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1329 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1332 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1334 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1335 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1336 recorded as dynamic.
1338 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1339 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1340 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1345 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1348 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1349 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1350 object, we remove the old definition. */
1351 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1353 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1354 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1355 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1356 was referenced before. */
1359 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1360 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1361 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1363 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1364 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1366 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1367 any dynamic link state. */
1368 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1369 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1376 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1386 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1387 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1388 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1389 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1390 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1391 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1392 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1393 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1395 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1396 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1400 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1401 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1404 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1406 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1407 any dynamic link state. */
1408 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1409 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1415 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1421 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1422 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1423 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1424 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1425 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1426 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1427 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1429 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1430 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1432 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1434 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1437 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1438 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1439 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1441 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1442 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1443 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1448 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1449 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1451 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1452 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1455 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1456 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1458 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1459 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1460 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1461 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1462 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1463 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1464 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1465 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1466 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1467 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1468 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1471 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1472 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1474 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1475 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1476 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1477 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1478 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1484 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1485 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1488 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1490 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1494 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1496 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1497 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1500 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1502 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1504 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1505 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1506 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1508 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1513 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1514 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1519 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1521 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1522 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1523 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1524 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1525 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1527 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1528 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1529 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1530 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1532 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1535 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1536 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1537 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1538 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1539 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1540 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1542 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1543 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1544 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1545 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1546 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1547 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. A common
1548 symbol in executable also overrides a symbol in a shared object. */
1553 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1556 || (!olddyn
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))))))
1560 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1562 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1563 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1565 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1566 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1567 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1568 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1569 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1571 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1572 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1575 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1576 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1577 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1578 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1582 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1586 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1587 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1588 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1589 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1592 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1593 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1595 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1596 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1597 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1598 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1604 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1605 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1607 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1608 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1609 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1613 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1618 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1619 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1620 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1621 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1622 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1624 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1625 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1626 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1631 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1632 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1637 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1638 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1641 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1642 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1643 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1646 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1648 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1649 overriding a function. */
1651 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1655 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1656 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1659 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1661 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1664 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1667 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1668 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1669 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1670 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1673 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1674 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1675 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1676 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1677 in the shared library. */
1680 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1683 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1684 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1685 or the alignment. */
1686 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1687 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1689 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1690 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1692 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1695 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1696 in the dynamic object. */
1697 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1698 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1701 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1703 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1704 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1706 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1707 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1709 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1712 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1717 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1718 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1719 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1720 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1721 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1722 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1723 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1724 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1728 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1735 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1736 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1737 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1738 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1741 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1742 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1743 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1745 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1749 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1751 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1752 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1755 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1756 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1757 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1758 bfd_boolean collect
;
1759 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1760 bfd_boolean override
;
1762 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1764 bfd_boolean matched
;
1766 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1769 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1770 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1771 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1772 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1773 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1774 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1778 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1783 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1785 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1789 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1794 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1800 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1801 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1802 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1804 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1805 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1806 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1808 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1809 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1811 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1812 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1813 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1814 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1815 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1816 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1819 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1820 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1821 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1827 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1829 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1830 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1831 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1832 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1833 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1834 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1839 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1840 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1841 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1843 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1847 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1848 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1854 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1855 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1858 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1859 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1860 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1861 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1863 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1868 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1869 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1870 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1871 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1872 name, and it is the default version.
1874 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1875 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1876 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1878 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1879 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1880 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1881 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1882 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1883 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1884 definition in the regular object. */
1886 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1887 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1888 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1890 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1891 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1895 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1899 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1904 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1905 other fields correctly. */
1909 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1910 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1911 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1913 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1914 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1915 the user in that case. */
1917 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1919 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1921 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1922 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1924 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
1925 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
1926 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
1927 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1928 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
1930 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1936 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
1943 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1949 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1953 len
= strlen (name
);
1954 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1955 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1957 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1958 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1960 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1961 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1962 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1964 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1965 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1966 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1974 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1975 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1976 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1977 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1978 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1980 /* xgettext:c-format */
1981 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1987 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1988 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1989 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1991 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1993 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1994 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1995 to the user in that case. */
1997 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1999 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
2000 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2001 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
2003 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2009 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2015 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2025 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2026 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2029 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2031 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2033 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2034 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2037 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2038 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2041 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2042 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2043 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2044 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2046 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2056 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2057 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2058 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2059 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2062 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2065 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2066 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2067 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2070 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2075 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2076 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2077 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2080 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2081 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2085 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2088 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2089 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2095 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2100 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2103 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2107 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2108 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2109 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2113 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2116 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2120 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2121 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2122 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2124 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2126 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2127 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2129 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2132 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2139 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2140 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2141 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2142 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2145 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2147 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2148 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2149 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2150 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2153 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2156 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2159 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2162 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2166 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2168 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2171 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2172 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2173 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2175 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2178 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2181 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2185 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2186 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2188 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
2192 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2194 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2195 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2198 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2201 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2202 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2203 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2204 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2206 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2210 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2211 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2213 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2215 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2217 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2220 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2221 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2229 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2230 version node for this version. */
2231 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2233 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2236 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2237 to worry about it. */
2238 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2241 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2245 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2250 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2254 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2255 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2256 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2258 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2262 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2266 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2270 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2271 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2273 /* xgettext:c-format */
2274 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2275 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2276 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2277 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2282 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2284 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2289 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2290 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2291 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2292 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2298 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2299 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2300 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2301 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2302 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2303 relocations should be stored.
2305 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2308 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2310 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2311 void *external_relocs
,
2312 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2314 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2315 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2316 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2317 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2318 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2319 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2322 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2323 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2326 /* Read the relocations. */
2327 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2330 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2331 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2333 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2335 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2336 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2337 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2338 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2339 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2342 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2346 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2347 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2348 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2349 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2353 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2354 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2355 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2359 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2362 /* xgettext:c-format */
2363 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
2364 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
2366 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2367 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2371 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2374 /* xgettext:c-format */
2375 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (0x%lx) for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"
2376 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2378 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2379 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2382 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2383 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2389 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2390 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2391 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2392 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2393 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2394 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2395 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2396 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2397 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2400 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2402 void *external_relocs
,
2403 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2404 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2406 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2407 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2408 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2409 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2410 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2412 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2413 return esdo
->relocs
;
2415 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2418 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2422 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2423 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2425 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2427 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2428 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2432 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2434 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2437 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2439 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2441 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2444 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2447 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2450 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2454 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2455 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2456 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2457 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2461 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2463 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2466 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2468 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2473 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2474 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2476 return internal_relocs
;
2484 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2491 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2492 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2495 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2496 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2498 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2500 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2501 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2503 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2504 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2505 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2506 we zero the allocated space. */
2507 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2508 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2511 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2513 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2515 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2516 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2520 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2526 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2527 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2531 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2532 asection
*input_section
,
2533 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2534 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2535 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2538 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2539 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2541 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2542 asection
*output_section
;
2543 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2544 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2545 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2547 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2549 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2550 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2551 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2553 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2554 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2556 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2557 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2559 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2560 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2565 /* xgettext:c-format */
2566 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2567 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2568 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2572 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2573 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2574 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2575 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2576 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2577 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2579 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2580 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2581 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2584 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2586 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2591 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2594 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2595 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2597 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2599 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2600 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2605 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2606 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2607 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2608 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2609 the face of future changes. */
2612 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2613 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2615 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2617 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2618 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2619 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2620 an ELF dynamic object. */
2623 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2624 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2626 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2627 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2630 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2634 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2635 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2636 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2639 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2645 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2649 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2658 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2659 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2660 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2661 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2662 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2663 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2664 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2665 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2667 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2668 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2669 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2670 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2671 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2675 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2676 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2677 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2678 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2681 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2682 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2683 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2684 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2685 flag will not have been set. */
2686 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2690 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2693 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2694 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2695 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2696 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2697 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2699 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2700 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2702 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2703 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2704 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2708 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2710 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2711 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2712 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2713 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2714 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2715 will force it local. */
2716 else if (h
->needs_plt
2717 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2718 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2719 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2720 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2723 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2725 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2726 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2727 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2730 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2731 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2732 over to the real definition. */
2733 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2735 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2736 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2737 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2738 if (h
->u
.weakdef
->def_regular
)
2739 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2742 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2744 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2745 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2747 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2748 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2749 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2750 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2751 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2752 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2759 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2760 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2764 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2766 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2768 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2770 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2773 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2774 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2777 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2778 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2781 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2782 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2783 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2784 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2785 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2786 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2787 referenced by another one? */
2789 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2793 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2795 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2799 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2800 can happen via a recursive call. */
2801 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2804 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2805 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2806 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2807 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2808 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2810 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2811 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2812 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2813 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2815 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2816 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2817 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2818 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2819 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2820 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2821 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2824 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2825 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2826 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2827 extern int timezone;
2829 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2830 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2831 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2832 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2833 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2834 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2835 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2836 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2838 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2840 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2841 H->U.WEAKDEF by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2842 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2844 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2845 H->U.WEAKDEF before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2846 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2850 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2851 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2852 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2853 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2854 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2856 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2859 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2860 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2862 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2863 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2865 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2874 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2878 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2879 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2882 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2884 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2886 /* The section aligment of definition is the maximum alignment
2887 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2888 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2889 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2890 for the minimum alignment. */
2891 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2892 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2893 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2899 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2902 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2903 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2908 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2909 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2911 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2912 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2913 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2915 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2916 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2918 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
2919 if (h
->protected_def
2920 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
2921 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
2922 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
2923 info
->callbacks
->einfo
2924 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%T' is dangerous\n"),
2925 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2930 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2931 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2934 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2938 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2939 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2940 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2941 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2943 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
2945 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2946 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2947 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2948 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2949 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2955 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2956 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2957 considered to bind dynamically. */
2960 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2961 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2962 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
2964 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2965 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2966 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2971 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2972 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2973 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2975 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2976 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2978 if (h
->forced_local
)
2981 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2982 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2983 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
2984 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
2986 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2993 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2994 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2997 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2999 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
3000 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
3001 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
3002 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3003 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3010 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3011 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3014 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3015 us that it remains local. */
3016 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3019 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3020 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3021 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3022 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3023 for the place where forced_local and dynindx == -1 are tested. If
3024 either of those tests are true, _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say
3025 the symbol is local, while _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say
3026 the symbol is local only for defined symbols.
3027 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3028 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3029 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3030 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3033 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3034 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3035 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3037 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3038 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3040 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3044 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3045 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3046 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3049 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3050 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3051 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3053 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3054 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3055 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3058 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3059 if (h
->forced_local
)
3062 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
3063 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3066 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3067 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3068 shared libraries. */
3069 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3072 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3073 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3074 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3077 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3078 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3081 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3083 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3084 symbols are local. */
3085 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3086 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3087 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3088 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3091 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3092 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3093 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3094 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3095 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3096 return local_protected
;
3099 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3100 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3102 struct bfd_section
*
3103 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3105 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3106 unsigned int align
= 0;
3108 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3109 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3113 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3114 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3115 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3117 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3119 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3120 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3122 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3127 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3129 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3130 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3132 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3134 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3135 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3136 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3139 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3140 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3141 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3144 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3145 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3148 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3149 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3150 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3153 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3154 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3155 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3156 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3158 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3160 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3161 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3162 in the same way that it used to do. */
3168 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3169 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3170 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3172 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3174 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3178 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3179 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3180 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3183 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3187 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3190 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3191 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3192 get the correct symbol table. */
3193 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3194 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3195 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3196 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3200 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3202 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3203 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3205 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3206 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3208 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3210 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3212 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3213 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3214 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3216 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3221 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3222 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3225 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3228 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3229 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3231 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3234 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3236 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3240 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3245 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3247 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3257 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3260 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3264 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3265 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3267 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3268 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3269 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3271 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3272 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3275 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3276 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3277 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3279 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3280 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3281 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3285 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3286 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3289 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3294 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3295 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3296 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3299 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3300 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3304 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3307 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3310 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3311 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3312 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3315 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3318 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3321 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3322 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3324 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3325 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3326 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3328 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3330 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3331 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3332 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3334 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3342 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3345 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3349 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3350 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3355 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3356 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3360 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3361 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3362 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3364 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3365 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3366 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3367 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3368 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3369 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3370 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3371 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3372 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3373 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3374 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3380 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3382 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3384 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3385 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3386 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3388 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3389 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3390 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3392 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3395 int sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3397 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3399 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3400 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3403 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3404 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3407 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3409 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3411 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3412 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3416 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3420 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3422 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3423 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3424 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3425 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3428 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3431 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3432 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3434 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3435 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3436 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3438 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3439 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3440 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3441 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3443 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3445 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3449 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3459 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3464 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3467 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3468 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3469 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3470 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3472 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3473 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3475 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3476 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3481 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3482 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3484 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3488 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3490 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3491 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3493 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3495 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3496 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3497 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3499 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3500 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3501 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3504 while (def
.vd_next
);
3507 /* Adjust version references. */
3508 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3513 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3514 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3516 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3520 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3522 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3523 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3524 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3525 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3526 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3528 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3529 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3530 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3532 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3534 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3535 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3538 while (need
.vn_next
);
3544 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3545 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3549 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3550 const bfd_target
*output
)
3552 return input
== output
;
3555 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3556 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3557 are virtually identical. */
3560 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3561 const bfd_target
*output
)
3563 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3565 if (input
== output
)
3568 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3569 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3571 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3574 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3575 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3578 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3579 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3580 processing the lib. */
3583 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3584 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3585 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3587 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3590 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3593 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3595 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3596 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3598 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3599 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3602 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3603 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3604 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3605 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3606 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3607 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3608 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3609 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3610 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3611 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3613 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3614 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3615 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3616 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3617 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3618 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3619 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3623 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3625 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3628 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3629 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3630 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3631 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3632 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3633 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3634 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3637 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3639 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3642 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3644 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3645 free (internal_relocs
);
3655 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3658 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3660 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3661 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3665 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3666 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3667 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3668 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3669 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3670 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3671 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3672 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3673 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3674 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3675 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3676 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3677 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3679 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3680 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3681 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3682 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3683 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3685 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3686 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3687 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3690 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3692 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3693 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3695 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3701 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3702 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3703 the format of the output file. */
3704 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3705 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3706 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3708 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3709 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3711 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3716 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3717 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3718 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3719 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3720 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3721 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3722 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3723 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3724 /* xgettext:c-format */
3725 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3726 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3728 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3729 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3730 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3731 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3732 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3733 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3737 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3738 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3743 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3745 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3746 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3747 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3748 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3749 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3750 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3751 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3752 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3756 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3758 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3760 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3762 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3763 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3768 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3772 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3777 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3778 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3779 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3782 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
3784 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3785 not get copied into the output file. */
3788 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3789 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3790 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3795 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3796 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3801 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3802 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3803 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3804 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
3805 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
3806 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3807 make a shared library. */
3809 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3810 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3811 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
3812 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3813 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3814 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3816 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3820 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3824 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3826 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3827 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
3830 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3831 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3835 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3836 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3837 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3838 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3839 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3840 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3842 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3843 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3844 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3846 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3851 unsigned int elfsec
;
3852 unsigned long shlink
;
3854 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3861 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3862 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3863 goto error_free_dyn
;
3864 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3866 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3867 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3868 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3870 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3872 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3873 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3875 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3876 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3878 goto error_free_dyn
;
3880 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3882 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3884 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3886 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3887 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3888 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3889 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3890 goto error_free_dyn
;
3891 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3892 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3894 goto error_free_dyn
;
3895 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3899 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3903 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3905 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3907 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3909 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3910 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3911 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3912 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3913 goto error_free_dyn
;
3914 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3915 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3917 goto error_free_dyn
;
3918 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3922 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3928 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3929 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3931 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3933 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3935 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3936 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3937 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3938 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3939 goto error_free_dyn
;
3940 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3941 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3943 goto error_free_dyn
;
3944 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3954 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
3956 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3957 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3964 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3965 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3971 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3972 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3977 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
3978 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
3979 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
3980 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
3981 while (--phdr
>= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
3982 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
3984 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3985 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3986 && s
->vma
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
3987 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
3988 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3992 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3993 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3994 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3995 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3996 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3997 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3999 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
4001 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
4002 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
4003 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
4004 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4006 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4008 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4009 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4010 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4013 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4014 will need to know it. */
4015 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4017 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4021 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4022 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4023 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4027 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4028 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4031 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4032 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4033 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4034 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4036 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4037 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4039 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4041 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4043 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4044 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4046 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4048 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4053 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4054 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4057 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4058 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4060 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4062 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4065 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4067 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4070 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4071 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4072 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4073 goto error_free_sym
;
4074 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4080 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4081 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4082 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4083 goto error_free_sym
;
4085 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4086 to internal format. */
4087 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4089 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4091 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4092 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
4093 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4094 goto error_free_sym
;
4095 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4096 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4097 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4098 goto error_free_vers
;
4102 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4103 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4104 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4105 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4110 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4112 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4113 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4115 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4117 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4118 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4119 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4120 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4124 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4125 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4126 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4127 goto error_free_vers
;
4129 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4130 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4131 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4132 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4133 goto error_free_vers
;
4135 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4136 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4137 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4138 goto error_free_vers
;
4140 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4141 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4142 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4143 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4144 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4145 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4146 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4147 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4148 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4149 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4150 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4151 goto error_free_vers
;
4153 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4155 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4156 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4158 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4160 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4161 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4162 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4163 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4165 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4166 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4173 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
4174 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4176 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4180 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4183 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4184 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4185 bfd_boolean definition
;
4186 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4187 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4188 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
4189 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4190 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4191 bfd_boolean override
;
4193 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4194 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4196 bfd_boolean matched
;
4200 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4202 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4203 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4206 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4210 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4211 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4212 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4217 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4225 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4226 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4230 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4234 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4235 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4236 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4237 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4238 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4240 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4241 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4242 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4243 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4247 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4249 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4250 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4252 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4254 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4256 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4258 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4262 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4265 goto error_free_vers
;
4267 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4268 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4270 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4274 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4276 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4278 goto error_free_vers
;
4282 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4283 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4284 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4286 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4290 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4291 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4292 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4294 goto error_free_vers
;
4298 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4300 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4302 goto error_free_vers
;
4304 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4305 should be skipped for some reason. */
4310 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4313 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4314 goto error_free_vers
;
4317 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4318 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4319 for this executable. */
4320 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4321 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4324 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4325 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4330 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4331 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4338 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4340 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4341 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4346 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4347 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4348 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4353 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4355 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4357 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4358 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4359 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4360 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4361 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4362 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4364 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4365 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4368 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4371 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4373 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4375 else if (vernum
> 1)
4377 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4384 /* xgettext:c-format */
4385 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4387 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4388 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4389 goto error_free_vers
;
4394 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4395 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4396 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4398 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4401 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4405 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4407 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4409 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4411 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4421 /* xgettext:c-format */
4422 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4423 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4424 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4425 goto error_free_vers
;
4429 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4430 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4431 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4432 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4433 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4436 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4437 if (newname
== NULL
)
4438 goto error_free_vers
;
4439 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4440 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4442 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4443 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4444 default version of the symbol. */
4445 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4446 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4448 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4453 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4454 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4455 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4458 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4459 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4460 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4462 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4463 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4464 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4465 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4467 goto error_free_vers
;
4472 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4474 if (override
&& matched
)
4478 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4479 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4480 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4482 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4485 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4488 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4489 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4490 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4491 goto error_free_vers
;
4493 if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
4494 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4495 && bfd_get_flavour (info
->output_bfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
4496 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
|= elf_gnu_symbol_unique
;
4499 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4502 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4503 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4504 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4506 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4507 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4513 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4514 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4518 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4519 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4520 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4522 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4523 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4524 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4525 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4526 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4527 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4528 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4529 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4530 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4531 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4532 definition anyhow. */
4534 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4539 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4540 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4541 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4546 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4549 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4550 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4551 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4553 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4554 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4556 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4559 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4561 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4562 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4563 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4564 object and a shared object. */
4565 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4567 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4568 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4569 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4576 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4577 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4589 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4590 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4591 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4592 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4602 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4607 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4610 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4611 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4612 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4615 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4617 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1)))
4621 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4622 the default name. */
4624 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4625 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4626 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4627 goto error_free_vers
;
4629 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4630 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4631 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4632 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4633 alignment is maintained. */
4634 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4635 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4637 unsigned int common_align
;
4638 unsigned int normal_align
;
4639 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4643 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4644 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4646 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4647 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4648 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4649 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4651 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4652 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4653 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4656 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4660 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4661 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4666 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4668 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4671 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4673 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4674 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4676 /* xgettext:c-format */
4677 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B is"
4678 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4679 common_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
4680 1 << common_align
, name
, 1 << normal_align
);
4683 /* xgettext:c-format */
4684 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4685 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4686 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
4687 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
4691 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4692 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4693 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4694 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4697 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4698 && ! size_change_ok
)
4700 /* xgettext:c-format */
4701 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4702 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
4704 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
4705 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
4707 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4710 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4711 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4712 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4713 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4714 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4716 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4717 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4719 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4720 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4721 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4722 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4724 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4726 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4728 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4729 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4732 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4734 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4735 /* xgettext:c-format */
4737 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4738 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4739 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, type
);
4745 /* Merge st_other field. */
4746 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
4748 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4750 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
4751 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4754 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4755 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4760 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4761 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4764 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4766 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4767 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4769 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4770 aliases can be checked. */
4773 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4774 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4776 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4778 goto error_free_vers
;
4780 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4784 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4786 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4787 goto error_free_vers
;
4788 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4790 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4792 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4793 goto error_free_vers
;
4796 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4797 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4798 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4800 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4804 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4809 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
4810 for unmatched symbol. */
4815 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4817 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
4818 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
4819 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4820 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
4821 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
4824 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4826 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
4827 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4829 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4830 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4831 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4832 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4835 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4838 /* xgettext:c-format */
4839 (_("%B: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4841 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
4842 goto error_free_vers
;
4845 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4846 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4849 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4851 goto error_free_vers
;
4853 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4858 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4864 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4870 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4874 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4875 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4876 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
4877 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4878 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4879 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4880 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4881 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4882 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4883 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4884 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
4887 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4889 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4890 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4892 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4894 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4896 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4897 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4898 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4900 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
4901 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
4902 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
4904 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4906 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4907 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4912 alignment_power
= 0;
4914 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4915 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4916 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4917 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4919 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4920 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4921 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4923 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4925 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
4926 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
4927 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
4928 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
4933 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4934 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4935 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
4936 goto error_free_vers
;
4939 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4941 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4942 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4946 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4948 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
4949 goto error_free_vers
;
4954 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
4955 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
4956 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4957 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4961 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4963 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4964 char *shortname
, *p
;
4966 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4968 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4969 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4972 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4973 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4975 goto error_free_vers
;
4976 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4977 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4979 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4980 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
4981 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4983 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4984 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4985 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4987 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4988 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4989 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4990 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4991 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4993 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4994 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4996 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
5002 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5003 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5006 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
5007 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5008 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5009 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5010 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5011 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5012 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5013 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5014 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5015 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5016 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5017 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5021 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5022 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5023 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5024 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5027 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5028 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5029 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5031 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
5032 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5033 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5035 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5036 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5037 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5039 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5043 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5044 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5052 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
5053 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
5056 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5058 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5061 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5064 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
5065 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
5067 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5068 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5069 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
5070 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
5071 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5072 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5078 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5080 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5081 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5088 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5098 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5102 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5103 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5104 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5105 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5108 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5109 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5110 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5114 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5115 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5116 the largest size. */
5119 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5121 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5122 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5123 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5125 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5127 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
5129 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5130 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5132 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5134 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5137 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5142 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5143 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5144 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5145 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5146 real definition and the weak definition. */
5147 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5149 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5150 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5157 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5160 if (bed
->check_directives
5161 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5164 if (!info
->check_relocs_after_open_input
5165 && !_bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (abfd
, info
))
5168 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5169 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5171 && ! info
->traditional_format
5172 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5173 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5177 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5178 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5180 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5183 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5184 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5185 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5186 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5187 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5188 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5190 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5192 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5193 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5194 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5197 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5198 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5203 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5205 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5206 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5208 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5212 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5219 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5221 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5223 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5224 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5225 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5228 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5234 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5235 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5237 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5238 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5239 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5242 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5246 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5250 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5251 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5252 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5253 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5255 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5256 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5259 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5260 len
= strlen (name
);
5261 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5263 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
5265 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5266 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5267 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5269 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5272 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5274 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5275 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5276 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5279 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5283 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5284 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5285 handle versioned symbols.
5287 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5288 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5289 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5290 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5293 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5294 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5297 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5300 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5304 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5305 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5306 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5308 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5310 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5311 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5313 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5317 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5318 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5319 second and subsequent passes. */
5320 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5324 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5325 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5326 if (included
== NULL
)
5329 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5330 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5331 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5344 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5345 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5347 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5349 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5354 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5360 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5361 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
5367 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5369 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5370 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5371 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5372 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5375 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5376 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5377 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5378 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5379 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5381 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5384 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5386 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5387 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5392 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5393 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5394 if (element
== NULL
)
5397 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5400 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5402 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5403 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5405 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5408 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5409 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5410 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5411 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5412 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5413 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5414 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5415 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5418 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5419 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5423 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5428 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5430 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5431 on through the loop. */
5432 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5442 if (included
!= NULL
)
5447 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5451 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5453 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5456 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5458 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5460 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5465 struct hash_codes_info
5467 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5471 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5472 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5475 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5477 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5482 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5483 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5486 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5487 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5489 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5492 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5498 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5499 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5504 /* Compute the hash value. */
5505 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5507 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5508 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5510 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5512 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5520 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5523 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5524 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5525 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5526 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5527 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5528 unsigned long int *indx
;
5529 unsigned long int *counts
;
5532 long int min_dynindx
;
5533 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5534 unsigned long int symindx
;
5535 long int local_indx
;
5536 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5537 unsigned long int mask
;
5541 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5542 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5545 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5547 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5552 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5553 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5556 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5557 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5560 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5561 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5563 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5566 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5572 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5573 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5578 /* Compute the hash value. */
5579 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5581 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5582 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5583 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5584 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5586 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5587 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5595 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5596 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5599 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5601 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5602 unsigned long int bucket
;
5603 unsigned long int val
;
5605 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5606 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5609 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5610 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5612 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5613 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5617 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5618 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5619 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5620 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5622 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5623 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5624 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5625 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5627 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5628 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5629 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5630 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5634 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5637 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5639 return !(h
->forced_local
5640 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5641 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5642 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5643 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5644 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5647 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5648 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5649 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5650 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5651 than 32771 buckets. */
5653 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5655 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5659 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5660 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5661 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5662 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5663 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5664 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5665 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5666 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5668 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5669 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5670 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5673 size_t best_size
= 0;
5674 unsigned long int i
;
5676 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5677 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5678 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5679 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5684 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5685 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5686 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5687 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5688 unsigned long int *counts
;
5690 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5692 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5693 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5695 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5698 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5703 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5707 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5708 since the size could be large. */
5710 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5711 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5715 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5716 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5718 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5720 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5721 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5722 unsigned long int j
;
5723 unsigned long int fact
;
5725 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5728 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5730 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5731 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5732 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5734 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5735 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5736 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5737 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5738 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5739 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5740 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5743 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5745 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5748 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5749 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5750 over a few long chains). */
5751 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5752 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5754 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5755 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5758 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5759 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5760 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5761 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5762 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5764 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5765 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5766 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5770 /* Compare with current best results. */
5771 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5775 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5777 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5778 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5779 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5786 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5788 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5789 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5790 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5791 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5793 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5794 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5797 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5804 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5807 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5811 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5812 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5813 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5818 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
5819 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
5820 undefined it is initialized. */
5823 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5824 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5825 const char *legacy_symbol
,
5826 bfd_vma default_size
)
5828 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5830 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
5832 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
5833 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5834 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5835 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5837 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
5839 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
5840 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5841 if (info
->stacksize
)
5842 /* xgettext:c-format */
5843 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: stack size specified and %s set"),
5844 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5845 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5846 /* xgettext:c-format */
5847 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %s not absolute"),
5848 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5850 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5853 if (!info
->stacksize
)
5854 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
5855 size, set it now. */
5856 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
5858 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
5859 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5860 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5862 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
5864 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5865 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
5866 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5867 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
5868 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5871 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5873 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5879 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
5881 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
5883 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5884 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
5889 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5892 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5893 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5894 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
5895 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
5896 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5897 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5899 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
5901 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
5902 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
5905 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
5911 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5912 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5913 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5914 addresses of the various sections. */
5917 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5920 const char *filter_shlib
,
5922 const char *depaudit
,
5923 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5924 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5925 asection
**sinterpptr
)
5929 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5933 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
5935 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5938 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5940 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5942 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
5943 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
5944 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5945 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
5946 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
5947 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
5953 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
5954 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
5955 if (info
->export_dynamic
5956 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
5958 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5959 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
5965 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
5966 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5967 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5968 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
5970 const char *verstr
, *name
;
5971 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
5972 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
5973 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
5975 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
5977 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
5979 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
5980 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
5982 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
5983 if (newname
== NULL
)
5985 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
5986 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
5988 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
5989 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
5991 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5992 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5993 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5996 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5997 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5999 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6001 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6002 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6003 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6008 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6009 not defined in a shared object. */
6011 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6012 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6013 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6017 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6018 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6019 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6021 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6022 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6027 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6029 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6031 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6032 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6033 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6036 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6037 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6038 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6043 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6048 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6049 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6050 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6052 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6053 just linking a regular application. */
6054 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6056 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6057 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6058 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6060 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6061 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6067 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6068 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6069 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6070 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6076 /* Make space for the base version. */
6077 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6078 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6081 /* Make space for the default version. */
6082 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6084 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6088 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6090 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6092 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6096 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6097 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6100 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6101 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6105 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6106 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6109 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6113 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6114 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6117 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6119 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6120 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6124 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6125 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6126 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6129 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6131 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6133 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6134 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6141 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6142 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6143 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6145 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6147 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6149 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6151 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6152 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6153 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6154 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6156 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6158 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6159 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6161 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6163 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6166 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6167 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6169 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6172 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6173 aux block, but different flags. */
6176 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6178 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6179 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6182 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6183 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6184 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6186 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6187 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6188 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6190 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6193 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6195 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6200 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6203 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6205 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6206 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6208 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6210 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6213 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6214 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6216 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6219 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6221 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6222 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6224 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6225 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6226 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6227 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6228 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6231 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6232 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6233 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6234 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6236 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6237 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6238 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6240 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6241 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6242 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6244 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6245 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6247 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6248 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6249 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6250 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6252 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6253 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6254 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6256 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6258 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6260 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6262 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6266 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6267 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6270 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6271 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6273 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6275 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6276 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6277 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6281 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6284 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6286 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6287 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6289 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6292 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6293 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6295 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6297 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6298 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6303 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6304 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6307 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*vn
;
6312 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6315 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6317 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6319 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6321 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6323 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6324 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6328 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6329 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6333 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6335 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6338 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6342 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6345 vn
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6347 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6348 elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6349 ? elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
)
6350 : lbasename (vn
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6352 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6355 vn
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6356 if (vn
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6359 vn
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6360 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6362 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, vn
,
6363 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6364 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6366 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6368 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6369 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6370 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6371 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6374 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6377 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6379 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6380 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6381 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6385 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6390 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6392 if (info
->gc_sections
&& bed
->can_gc_sections
)
6394 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
6395 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6397 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the
6398 dynamic symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them
6399 out of the static symbol table as well? */
6400 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
6401 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
6402 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
6405 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
6408 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
6409 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
6410 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
6411 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
6412 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
6413 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6415 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6416 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
6419 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
6420 we're dynamic or not. */
6421 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
6422 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6425 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
6426 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
6427 if (info
->execstack
)
6428 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
6429 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
6430 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
6434 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
6437 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
6439 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
6444 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
6446 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
6449 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
6453 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
6456 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
6457 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
6458 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6459 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6460 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
6463 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6465 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6466 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6470 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
6471 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
6475 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6477 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
6478 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
6484 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
6486 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
6494 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
6496 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6499 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6500 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6504 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6508 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6509 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6510 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6511 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
6515 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
6517 const char * const *p
;
6519 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6523 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6525 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6526 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
6535 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
6537 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6538 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
6542 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
6546 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
6548 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6549 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6556 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6557 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6558 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6559 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6564 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6565 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6566 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6568 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6569 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6570 h
= (info
->init_function
6571 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6572 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6579 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6582 h
= (info
->fini_function
6583 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6584 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6591 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6595 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6596 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6598 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6599 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6604 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
6605 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6606 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6607 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6608 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6609 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6612 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6617 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6621 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6622 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6625 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6626 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6628 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6629 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6632 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
6633 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6635 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
6636 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6640 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6641 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
6642 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
6643 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
6644 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
6645 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6647 bfd_size_type strsize
;
6649 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6650 if ((info
->emit_hash
6651 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
6652 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
6653 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
6654 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
6655 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
6656 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
6657 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
6658 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
6663 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
6666 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
6669 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
6670 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6673 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6675 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6677 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
6679 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6681 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6682 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, crefs
))
6686 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6688 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6691 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6693 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6699 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
6700 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6703 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6707 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
)
6709 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
;
6711 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6712 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6716 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6717 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6718 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6719 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6723 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6724 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6730 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6731 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6733 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6737 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6738 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6739 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6741 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6746 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6747 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6749 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6753 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6754 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6755 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6756 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6757 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6759 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6763 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6764 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6765 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6766 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6768 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6772 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6773 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6774 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6778 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6780 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6782 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6785 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6786 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6788 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6792 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6793 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6794 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6796 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6798 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
6799 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
6800 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
6801 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
6803 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6804 §ion_sym_count
);
6806 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6807 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6808 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6809 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6811 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6812 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6813 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6816 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6820 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6821 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6822 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6823 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6824 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6825 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6826 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
6827 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6828 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6830 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6831 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6834 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
6835 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6836 ++section_sym_count
;
6837 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6839 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6841 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6842 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6843 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6845 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6846 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6848 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6850 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6852 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6853 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6855 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6856 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6857 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6859 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6860 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6862 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6863 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6864 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6871 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6873 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6876 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6879 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6881 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
6882 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6883 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6884 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6885 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6886 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6889 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6890 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6891 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6894 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6897 unsigned char *contents
;
6898 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6902 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6904 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6905 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6907 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6908 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6909 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6912 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6913 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6914 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6917 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6918 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6919 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
6922 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6927 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
6929 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6931 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6935 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
6936 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6938 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
6940 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
6941 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
6942 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6943 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6944 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6945 if (contents
== NULL
)
6947 s
->contents
= contents
;
6948 /* 1 empty bucket. */
6949 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
6950 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
6951 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
6952 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
6953 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
6954 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
6955 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
6956 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
6957 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
6958 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
6959 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
6960 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
6964 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
6965 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
6969 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
6971 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
6973 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
6974 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
6976 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
6977 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
6979 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
6985 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
6986 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
6987 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
6988 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
6989 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
6990 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
6991 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6992 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
6994 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6998 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
6999 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
7000 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
7001 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
7003 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
7004 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
7005 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
7006 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
7008 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7009 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
7011 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
7012 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
7014 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
7015 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7016 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
7018 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
7019 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7020 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7021 if (contents
== NULL
)
7023 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7024 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7028 s
->contents
= contents
;
7029 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
7030 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
7031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
7032 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
7033 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7035 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7037 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
7038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
7040 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
7044 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
7046 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
7047 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7048 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
7050 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
7051 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
7053 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
7055 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7058 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7059 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7063 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7064 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7066 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
7068 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7070 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
7071 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7078 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7081 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7084 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7085 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7088 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7091 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7096 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7099 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7100 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7101 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7102 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7103 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7104 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7105 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7106 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7108 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7110 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7111 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7112 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7113 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7115 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7116 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7119 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7120 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7121 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7125 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7127 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7128 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7129 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7132 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7136 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7137 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7142 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7143 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7146 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7147 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7149 /* Set local fields. */
7152 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7153 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7154 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7155 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7156 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7157 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7158 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7159 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7166 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7167 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7170 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7171 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7172 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7174 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7176 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7177 symbol which just became indirect. */
7179 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7180 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7181 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7182 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7183 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7184 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7185 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7187 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7190 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7191 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7192 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7193 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7195 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7196 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7197 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7198 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7201 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7203 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7204 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7205 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7206 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7209 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7211 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7212 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7213 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7214 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7216 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7221 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7222 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7223 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7225 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7226 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7228 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7233 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7234 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7237 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7243 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7247 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7248 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7250 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7251 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7253 unsigned int entsize
,
7254 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7257 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7259 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7260 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7261 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7262 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7263 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7264 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7266 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7268 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7269 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7274 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7276 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7277 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7279 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7280 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7282 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7286 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7287 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7293 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7298 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7301 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7303 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7305 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7306 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7307 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7308 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7309 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7312 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7313 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7314 entry for a dynamic object. */
7317 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7319 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7320 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7321 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7325 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7328 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7329 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7330 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7337 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7339 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7340 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7341 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7344 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7345 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7347 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7348 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7349 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7351 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7353 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7356 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7357 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7359 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7360 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7361 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7363 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7365 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7368 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7369 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7370 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7373 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7375 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7376 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7377 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7381 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7382 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7385 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7386 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7389 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7390 unsigned int elfsec
;
7391 unsigned long shlink
;
7392 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7394 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7398 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7399 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7402 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7403 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7406 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7409 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7410 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7413 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7415 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7416 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7419 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7420 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7422 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7424 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7426 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7429 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7432 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7433 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7436 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7441 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7462 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7464 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7465 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7466 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7469 struct elf_symbuf_head
7471 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7473 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7480 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7481 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7486 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7489 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7491 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7492 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7494 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7498 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7500 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7501 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7502 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7505 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7506 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7508 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7509 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7510 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7511 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7513 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7517 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7518 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7519 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7522 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7523 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7526 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7527 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7528 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7531 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7532 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7533 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7534 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7540 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7541 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7542 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7543 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7544 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7546 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7549 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7550 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7551 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7553 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7554 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7555 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7558 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7559 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7566 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7570 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7571 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7574 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7575 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7576 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
7577 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7578 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7579 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7580 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7581 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
7582 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7588 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7589 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7590 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7593 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7596 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7597 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7598 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7601 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7602 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7603 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7604 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7605 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7606 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7608 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7614 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7615 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7617 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7619 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7621 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7624 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7625 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7626 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7629 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7631 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7633 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7636 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7637 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7638 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7641 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7643 /* Optimized faster version. */
7645 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7646 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7649 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7654 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7655 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7657 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7661 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7668 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7673 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7674 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7676 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7680 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7686 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7690 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
7692 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
7693 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7697 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7698 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7700 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7701 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7707 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7708 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7710 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7711 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7716 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7717 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7718 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7719 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7720 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7722 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7723 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7724 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7725 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7726 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7733 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7734 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7735 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7736 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7737 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7740 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7742 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7743 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7744 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7747 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7748 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7749 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7751 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7754 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7756 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7757 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7759 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7761 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7762 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7764 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7765 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7766 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7767 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7768 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7770 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7771 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7772 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7773 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7774 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7792 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7795 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7796 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7800 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7801 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7804 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7807 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7809 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7811 struct elf_final_link_info
7813 /* General link information. */
7814 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7817 /* Symbol string table. */
7818 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7819 /* .hash section. */
7821 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7822 asection
*symver_sec
;
7823 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7825 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7826 void *external_relocs
;
7827 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7828 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7829 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7831 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7832 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7833 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7834 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7836 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7837 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7838 of any input BFD. */
7840 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7841 symbol of any input BFD. */
7842 asection
**sections
;
7843 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
7844 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7845 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
7846 size_t filesym_count
;
7849 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7851 struct elf_outext_info
7854 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7855 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
7856 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
7860 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7862 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7863 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7864 relocations themselves.
7866 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7867 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7868 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7869 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7871 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7872 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7873 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7874 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7877 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7878 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7881 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7882 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7886 <binary-operator> := as in C
7887 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7890 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7891 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7896 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7897 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7898 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7900 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7902 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7904 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7905 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7907 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7908 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7909 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7910 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7913 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
7917 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
7918 to "defined" and give it a value. */
7920 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
7921 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
7922 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7923 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7924 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7925 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
7926 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
7927 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7931 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
7933 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7935 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7938 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7939 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
7940 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
7941 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7944 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7946 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
7950 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
7953 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
7954 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
7957 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
7958 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
7960 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
7962 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
7964 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
7965 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7967 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
7968 (unsigned long) *result
);
7974 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
7975 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
7976 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7980 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7981 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7983 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
7984 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
7985 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
7987 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
7988 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
7996 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
7997 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
7998 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
8001 resolve_section (const char *name
,
8009 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8010 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
8012 *result
= curr
->vma
;
8016 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
8017 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
8018 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8020 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
8021 if (len
> strlen (name
))
8024 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
8026 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
8028 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8032 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
8040 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
8042 /* xgettext:c-format */
8043 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
8048 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
8051 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8053 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8062 const char *sym
= *symp
;
8064 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
8069 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
8071 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8084 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8088 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8092 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8093 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8095 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8097 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8101 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8102 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8103 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8105 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8106 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8107 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8108 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8110 if (symbol_is_section
)
8112 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8113 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8114 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8116 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8122 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8123 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8124 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8127 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8134 /* All that remains are operators. */
8136 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8137 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8139 sym += strlen (#op); \
8143 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8144 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8147 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8153 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8154 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8156 sym += strlen (#op); \
8160 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8161 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8164 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8165 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8168 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8198 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8199 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8205 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8206 unsigned long chunksz
,
8211 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8213 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8218 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8222 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8226 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8227 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8233 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8234 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8247 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8248 unsigned long chunksz
,
8255 /* Sanity checks. */
8256 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8259 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8260 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8261 && location
!= NULL
);
8263 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8265 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8267 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8268 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8269 of the loop below. */
8273 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8275 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8280 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8283 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8286 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8290 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8301 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8302 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8303 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8304 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8305 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8306 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8307 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8308 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8309 unsigned long encoded
)
8311 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8312 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8313 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8314 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8315 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8316 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8317 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8318 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8321 bfd_reloc_status_type
8322 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8323 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8325 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8328 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8329 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8330 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8332 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8333 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8334 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8335 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8336 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8338 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8339 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8340 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8342 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8345 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8347 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8349 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8350 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8353 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8354 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8355 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8356 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8357 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8358 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8359 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8364 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8365 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8366 ? complain_overflow_signed
8367 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8368 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8372 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8375 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8376 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8377 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8378 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8379 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8380 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8382 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8383 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8387 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8388 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8389 know the value is aligned. */
8392 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8399 const union aligned32
*a
8400 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8402 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8403 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8404 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8405 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8410 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8417 const union aligned32
*a
8418 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8420 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8421 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8422 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8423 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8427 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8429 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8436 const union aligned64
*a
8437 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8439 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8440 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8441 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8442 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8443 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8444 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8445 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8446 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8451 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8458 const union aligned64
*a
8459 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8461 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8462 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8463 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8464 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8465 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8466 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8467 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8468 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8473 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8474 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8475 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8479 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8481 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8485 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8487 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8488 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8489 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8491 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8492 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8494 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8496 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8497 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8499 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8501 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8502 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8507 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8510 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8517 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8521 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8522 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8524 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8527 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8530 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8532 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8533 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8534 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8535 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8536 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8539 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8540 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8542 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8544 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8547 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8548 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8550 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8552 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8553 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8554 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8555 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
8561 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8562 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8563 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
8564 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8565 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
8571 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
8572 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
8573 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8574 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8575 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
8576 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
8579 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
8580 speeding the main loop below. */
8581 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
8582 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8584 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8593 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
8594 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
8595 have the same r_offset. */
8596 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
8597 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
8598 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
8599 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
8602 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8604 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
8605 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8606 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
8608 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
8613 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
8614 from one of more input files. Files are not always
8615 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
8616 called. See pr17666. */
8617 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
8618 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
8619 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
8620 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
8621 while (p
+ runlen
< end
8622 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
8623 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
8624 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
8628 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
8632 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
8634 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
8635 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
8636 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
8640 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
8641 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
8642 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
8644 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
8647 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
8648 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8649 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8655 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8661 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8662 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8663 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8667 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8669 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8670 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8671 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8673 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8674 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8676 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8678 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8680 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8682 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8684 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8686 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8692 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8694 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8695 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8697 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
8699 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
8701 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8703 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8705 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8707 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8713 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8715 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8718 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8719 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8720 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8721 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8722 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8723 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8724 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8725 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8726 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8727 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8729 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8731 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8732 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8733 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8734 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8735 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8737 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8739 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8740 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8743 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8744 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8745 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8746 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8748 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8750 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8752 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8753 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8754 It is of no help to us. */
8758 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8759 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8761 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8762 "they are in more than one size"),
8764 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8770 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8774 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8776 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8777 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8779 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8780 "they are in more than one size"),
8782 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8788 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8793 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
8794 something is wrong. */
8795 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8796 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8797 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8802 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8803 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8805 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8807 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8809 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8810 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8811 It is of no help to us. */
8815 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8816 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8818 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8819 "they are in more than one size"),
8821 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8827 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8831 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8833 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8834 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8836 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8837 "they are in more than one size"),
8839 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8845 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8850 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
8851 something is wrong. */
8852 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8853 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8854 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8859 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8863 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8865 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8872 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8873 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8874 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8875 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8879 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8880 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8881 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8882 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8886 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8887 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8888 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8890 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8893 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8894 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8896 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8899 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
8903 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
8904 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
8908 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8909 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
8911 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
8913 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8914 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8916 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8917 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8919 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
8921 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
8922 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
8923 relocs in this case. */
8928 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8929 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8931 while (erel
< erelend
)
8933 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8935 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
8936 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
8937 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
8943 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
8945 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8947 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8948 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
8954 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
8955 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8957 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8958 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
8960 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
8963 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
8965 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
8966 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
8968 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
8969 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
8970 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8971 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
8973 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
8975 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
8976 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
8977 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
8978 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
8979 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
8980 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
8986 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
8989 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
8994 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8995 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8997 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8998 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9001 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9002 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
9003 while (erel
< erelend
)
9005 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9006 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
9013 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
9017 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
9020 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
9022 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
9023 asection
*input_sec
,
9024 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9026 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
9027 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
9028 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
9029 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
9030 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9031 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
9033 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9035 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9036 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
9037 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
9039 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
9046 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9047 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
9050 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
9051 to get the final offset for st_name. */
9053 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9055 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9059 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9060 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
9061 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9063 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
9064 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
9065 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
9067 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
9069 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9072 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9073 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9074 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9075 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9076 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9078 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
9079 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9084 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9088 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9090 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9093 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9095 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9099 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9102 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9104 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9106 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9107 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9111 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9113 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9114 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9115 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9116 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9123 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9125 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9126 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9127 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9130 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9131 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9132 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9133 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9134 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9135 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9136 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9137 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9140 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9141 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9142 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9143 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9144 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9146 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9154 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9155 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9160 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9163 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9165 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9166 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9168 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9171 /* xgettext:c-format */
9172 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9173 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9174 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9180 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9181 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9182 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9183 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9184 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9187 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9188 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9189 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9192 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9194 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9197 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9198 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9199 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9201 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9207 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9208 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9209 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9211 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9212 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9216 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9217 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9218 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9221 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9222 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9225 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9227 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9229 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9232 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9236 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9237 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9238 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9239 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9240 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9241 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9243 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9245 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9247 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9248 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9251 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9253 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9254 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9256 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9261 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9262 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9265 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9268 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9270 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9273 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9274 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9275 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9276 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9279 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9280 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9281 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9289 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9290 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9291 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9294 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9295 unsigned short version_index
;
9297 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9298 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9301 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9304 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9307 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9309 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9311 && h
->forced_local
))
9313 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9314 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9315 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9320 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9321 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9323 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9337 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9340 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9342 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9343 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9345 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9349 case elf_stt_common
:
9352 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9359 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9360 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9361 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9362 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9363 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9367 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9369 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9370 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9371 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9373 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9374 asection
*input_sec
;
9375 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9380 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9382 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9383 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9387 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9388 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9390 if (!h
->forced_local
)
9395 if (h
->forced_local
)
9399 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9401 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9403 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9404 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9405 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9406 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9408 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9410 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9411 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9412 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9413 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9415 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9418 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9419 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9420 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9421 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9422 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9423 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9425 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9427 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9432 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9433 shared libraries. */
9434 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9439 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9440 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9444 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9446 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9447 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9448 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9450 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9451 /* xgettext:c-format */
9452 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9453 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9454 /* xgettext:c-format */
9455 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9457 /* xgettext:c-format */
9458 msg
= _("%B: local symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9459 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9460 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9461 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9462 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, def_bfd
,
9463 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9464 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9465 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9469 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9470 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9471 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9476 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9478 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9482 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9484 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9485 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9486 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9488 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9489 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9490 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9491 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9492 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9493 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9494 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9496 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9497 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9498 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9499 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9504 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9505 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9506 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9507 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9510 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9511 && !h
->forced_local
)
9515 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9516 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9517 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9520 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9521 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9525 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9526 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9527 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9528 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9531 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9532 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9534 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9535 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9538 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9539 input_sec
->output_section
);
9540 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9543 /* xgettext:c-format */
9544 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
9545 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9546 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9547 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9551 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9552 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9554 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9555 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9557 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9558 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9560 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9561 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9562 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9568 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9569 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9570 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9571 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9576 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9577 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9578 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9579 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9582 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9583 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9584 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9585 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9586 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9587 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9588 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9592 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9593 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9595 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9596 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9598 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9599 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9600 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
9601 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9605 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9606 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9612 if (h
->forced_local
)
9614 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
9615 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
9616 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
9618 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
9619 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
9620 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
9621 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9622 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9623 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
9625 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
9626 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
9628 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9629 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9630 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9631 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9632 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9633 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9635 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9636 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9638 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
9639 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9640 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9641 || !h
->forced_local
)
9642 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9644 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9645 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9647 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9652 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9653 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9654 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9655 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9656 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9657 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9658 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9660 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9661 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9664 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9666 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9667 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9670 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9671 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9673 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9674 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9677 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9678 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9679 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9680 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9681 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9686 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9687 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9688 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
9689 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9690 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9691 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9696 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
9697 /* xgettext:c-format */
9698 msg
= _("%B: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9699 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9700 /* xgettext:c-format */
9701 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9703 /* xgettext:c-format */
9704 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9705 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9706 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9707 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9711 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
9712 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
9713 the entry in the .hash section. */
9714 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
9716 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9720 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
9721 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
9722 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
9723 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
9724 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9725 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9727 || !h
->def_regular
))
9729 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9731 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
9734 /* xgettext:c-format */
9735 (_("%B: No symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
9736 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9737 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9742 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
9743 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
9744 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
9745 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
9747 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9750 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
9752 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
9754 size_t hash_entry_size
;
9755 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
9760 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
9761 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
9764 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
9765 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9766 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
9767 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
9768 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
9770 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
9771 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9772 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
9775 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
9777 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
9778 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
9780 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9782 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9783 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
9784 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
9785 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
9787 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
9791 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
9792 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
9794 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
9795 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
9799 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
9801 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
9802 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
9804 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
9805 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
9806 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
9810 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
9811 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
9812 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
9813 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
9815 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9817 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
9821 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9824 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
9825 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
9826 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
9827 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
9828 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
9829 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
9830 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
9831 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
9832 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
9833 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
9835 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
9837 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
9838 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9839 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9840 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
9841 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
9844 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
9847 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9848 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
9852 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9857 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
9863 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
9864 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
9867 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9869 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9871 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9873 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9874 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9875 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
9881 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9882 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
9883 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
9889 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
9890 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
9891 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
9892 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
9893 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
9894 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
9895 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
9896 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
9899 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
9901 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
9904 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
9907 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
9910 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
9913 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
9916 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
9917 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9919 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
9920 asection
*s
= first
;
9924 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
9927 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9935 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
9936 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
9940 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9944 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
9947 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
9948 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
9950 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
9951 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
9953 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
9958 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
9959 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
9960 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
9961 don't have to keep them in memory. */
9964 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
9966 int (*relocate_section
)
9967 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
9968 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
9970 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9973 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9974 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9975 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9977 asection
**ppsection
;
9979 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9980 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9981 bfd_size_type address_size
;
9982 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
9984 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
9986 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9987 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9988 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
9990 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
9991 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
9993 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9996 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9997 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9999 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10004 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10005 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10008 /* Read the local symbols. */
10009 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10010 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10012 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
10013 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
10014 flinfo
->external_syms
,
10015 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10016 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
10020 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
10021 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
10022 going into the output file. */
10023 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
10024 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
10026 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
10030 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
10036 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10038 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
10045 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10046 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10047 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
10048 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10049 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
10050 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10053 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
10056 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
10057 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
10061 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
10062 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
10064 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
10065 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
10071 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10072 output any undefined local symbol. */
10073 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10076 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10078 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10079 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10084 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10086 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10089 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10090 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10091 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10092 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10094 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10097 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10098 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10099 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10100 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10101 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10102 isec
->output_section
))
10105 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10106 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10111 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10112 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10113 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10115 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10116 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10117 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10118 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10119 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10122 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10124 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10125 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10126 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10128 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10129 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10131 if (!have_file_sym
)
10133 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10134 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10135 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10136 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10137 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10138 source file, but the best we can do. */
10139 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10140 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10141 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10142 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10143 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10144 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10145 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10146 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10147 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10154 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10155 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10156 isec
->output_section
);
10157 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10160 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10161 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10162 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10163 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10164 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10165 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10166 these requirements. */
10167 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10168 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10170 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10171 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10173 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10174 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10175 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10179 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10180 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10187 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10189 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10195 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10200 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10201 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10202 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10204 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10206 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10208 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10212 if (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10213 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10215 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10216 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10217 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10218 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10220 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10221 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10222 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10224 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10225 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10226 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10227 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10228 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10230 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10232 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10234 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10235 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10236 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10240 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10242 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10243 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10244 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10249 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10250 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10255 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10257 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10260 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10262 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10263 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10268 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10272 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10273 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10277 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10278 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10281 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10283 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10288 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10289 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10290 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10291 the routines which work on output files. */
10292 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10294 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10295 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10297 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10299 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10300 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10305 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10306 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10310 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10312 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10313 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10314 int action_discarded
;
10317 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10319 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10320 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10321 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10322 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10325 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10326 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10327 if (o
->size
> address_size
10328 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10329 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10330 ".init_array") == 0)
10331 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10332 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10333 ".fini_array") == 0))
10334 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10336 if (o
->size
!= o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10339 /* xgettext:c-format */
10340 (_("error: %B: size of section %A is not "
10341 "multiple of address size"),
10343 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_on_input
);
10346 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10349 action_discarded
= -1;
10350 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10351 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10353 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10354 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10355 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10356 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10357 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10359 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10360 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10361 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10363 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10364 unsigned int s_type
;
10365 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10366 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10367 const char *sym_name
;
10369 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10372 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10373 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10374 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10376 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10378 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10379 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10380 we do not seg fault. */
10385 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
10387 /* xgettext:c-format */
10388 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
10389 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10390 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
10391 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10395 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10396 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10397 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10401 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10402 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10403 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10404 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10405 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10406 if (h
->root
.non_ir_ref
10407 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10408 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10409 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10410 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10411 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10412 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10413 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10415 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10416 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10420 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10421 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10422 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10424 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10428 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10430 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10431 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10432 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10436 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10437 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10440 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10441 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10443 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10444 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10445 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10446 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10447 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10448 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10449 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10450 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10451 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10453 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10454 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10457 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10458 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10463 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10465 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10466 discarded section. */
10467 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10469 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10470 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10471 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10472 /* xgettext:c-format */
10473 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
10474 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
10475 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10477 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10478 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10479 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10480 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10481 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10482 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10483 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10487 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10499 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10501 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10502 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10503 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10504 reloc addend as necessary.
10506 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10507 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10509 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10510 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10511 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10513 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10514 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10515 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10516 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10517 the addend to be adjusted. */
10519 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10520 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10528 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10529 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
10531 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
10532 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
10533 bfd_vma last_offset
;
10534 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
10535 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
10536 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
10537 unsigned int next_erel
;
10538 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
10539 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
10541 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
10542 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
10543 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
10545 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
10547 irela
= internal_relocs
;
10548 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10549 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
10550 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
10551 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
10553 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10554 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
10555 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10556 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10557 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
10558 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
10559 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10560 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10561 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
10563 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10565 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10567 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10573 if (irela
== irelamid
)
10575 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
10576 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10577 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
10580 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
10583 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
10585 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
10586 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
10587 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
10588 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
10590 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
10592 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
10596 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
10598 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
10599 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10600 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10602 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
10604 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10605 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10608 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10609 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10610 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10612 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
10613 unsigned long indx
;
10615 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
10616 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
10617 we do not know the symbol index of any global
10618 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10619 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10620 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10621 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10622 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10623 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10624 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10625 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10626 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10628 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10629 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10630 used by a reloc. */
10631 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10639 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10642 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10643 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10644 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10646 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10647 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10648 processor specific section. */
10649 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10650 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10652 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10654 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10659 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10661 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10662 section will be the absolute section. In
10663 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10664 the kept section. relocate_section should
10665 have already handled discarded linkonce
10667 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10668 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10669 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10671 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10672 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10675 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10677 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10678 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10680 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10681 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10683 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10684 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10689 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
10690 section winds up in the output section. */
10692 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10696 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
10698 unsigned long shlink
;
10703 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10705 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
10706 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
10710 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
10711 since it is needed by a reloc, we
10712 must output it now. */
10713 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
10714 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
10715 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
10719 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10721 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10723 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10726 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10727 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10729 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
10730 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10732 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
10734 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10735 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10736 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10741 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10742 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
10748 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
10753 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
10756 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
10757 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
10760 /* Swap out the relocs. */
10761 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
10762 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10764 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10769 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
10770 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10771 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
10774 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
10775 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10777 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10786 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
10787 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
10788 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
10791 /* Section written out. */
10793 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
10795 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10796 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
10798 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
10799 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
10802 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
10803 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
10804 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
10807 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10809 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10814 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10816 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
10824 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
10826 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
10827 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
10829 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
10831 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
10833 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
10836 todo
-= address_size
;
10837 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10845 offset
+= address_size
;
10849 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10863 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
10864 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
10865 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
10869 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10870 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10871 asection
*output_section
,
10872 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
10874 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10878 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
10879 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
10880 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
10881 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10882 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
10885 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
10887 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
10890 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10894 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
10897 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
10898 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
10899 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
10906 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
10907 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
10908 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10910 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
10911 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
10912 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10916 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10918 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
10919 actually against the section. */
10920 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
10921 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
10922 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
10923 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
10925 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10926 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
10930 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10931 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
10932 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10933 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
10934 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
10935 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
10936 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
10938 else if (h
!= NULL
)
10940 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
10941 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
10948 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
10949 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
10954 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
10956 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
10958 bfd_size_type size
;
10959 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
10962 const char *sym_name
;
10964 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
10965 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
10966 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
10968 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
10975 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10978 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10979 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10980 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
10981 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
10983 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
10984 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
10985 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
10990 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
10992 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
10999 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
11000 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
11002 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
11003 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11004 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
11006 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
11008 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
11009 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
11010 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
11012 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11013 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11015 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11017 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
11018 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
11019 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
11021 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
11022 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11026 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
11027 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
11028 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11037 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
11040 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
11042 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
11046 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11047 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
11048 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
11049 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
11051 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
11052 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
11053 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
11054 where elfsec is 0. */
11057 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
11058 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
11059 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
11060 bed
->link_order_error_handler
11061 /* xgettext:c-format */
11062 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
11067 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
11068 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11073 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11074 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11077 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
11082 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
11083 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
11086 return apos
> bpos
;
11090 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11091 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11092 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11093 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11096 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11098 int seen_linkorder
;
11101 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11103 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11105 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11106 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11110 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11112 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11113 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11115 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11117 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11119 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11120 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
11121 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
11122 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
11123 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
11124 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
11138 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11140 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11142 /* xgettext:c-format */
11143 (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] "
11144 "and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
11146 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
11150 (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11151 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11156 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11159 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
11160 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
11161 if (sections
== NULL
)
11163 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11165 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11167 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11169 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11170 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
11171 compare_link_order
);
11173 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11175 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11177 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11178 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11179 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11180 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11181 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11188 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11189 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11192 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11194 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11196 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11198 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11200 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11204 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11206 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11207 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11209 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11212 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11213 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11214 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11215 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
))
11218 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11219 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11220 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11221 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11222 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11223 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11226 /* Get symbol table size. */
11227 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11231 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11232 sympp
= (asymbol
**) xmalloc (symsize
);
11233 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11237 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11238 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11239 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11242 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11243 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11244 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11247 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11250 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11251 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: no symbol found for import library"),
11257 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11258 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc2 (implib_bfd
, symcount
,
11259 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11260 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11262 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11263 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11264 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11265 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11266 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11267 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11268 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11269 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11272 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11274 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11275 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11276 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11277 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11280 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11291 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11295 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11296 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11297 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11298 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11299 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11300 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11301 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11302 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11303 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11304 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11305 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11306 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11307 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11308 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11309 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11310 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11311 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11312 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11313 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11314 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11315 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11317 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11318 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11319 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11320 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11321 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11325 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11328 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11330 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11331 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11333 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11335 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11337 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11338 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11339 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11340 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11341 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11342 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11344 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11345 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11346 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11347 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11348 bfd_boolean merged
;
11349 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11350 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11352 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11353 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11354 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11355 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
11357 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
11360 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11361 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11363 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
11364 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
11366 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11367 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11369 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11370 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11371 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11372 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11377 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11378 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11382 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11383 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11384 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11385 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11388 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11389 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11390 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11391 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11392 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11393 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11394 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11395 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11396 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11397 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11399 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11400 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11402 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11403 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11405 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11406 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11408 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11410 asection
*input_section
;
11412 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11414 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11415 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11416 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11417 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11420 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11423 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
11425 /* Skip this section later on. */
11426 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11429 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11433 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11434 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11435 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11436 max_contents_size
= 0;
11437 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11438 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11440 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11442 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11444 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11445 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11447 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11449 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11450 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11451 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11453 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11454 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11456 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11460 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11462 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11463 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11464 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11465 the linker has decided to not include. */
11466 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11468 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11471 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11472 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11473 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11474 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11476 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11477 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11481 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11483 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11484 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11485 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11487 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11489 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11490 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11492 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11493 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11494 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11496 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11497 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11498 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11499 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11500 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11502 else if (emit_relocs
)
11504 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11505 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11508 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11509 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11512 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11513 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11515 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11517 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11519 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11521 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11522 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11523 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11524 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11526 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
11527 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
11528 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
11529 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11534 if (reloc_count
== 0)
11537 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11538 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
11540 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
11544 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
11545 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11547 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
11549 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
11550 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11556 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11558 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11562 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
11563 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11566 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
11567 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
11568 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
11569 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
11572 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
11573 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
11574 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
11575 sections are handled correctly. */
11576 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
11577 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
11581 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
11582 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
11584 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
11585 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
11586 to create a symbol table. */
11587 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
11588 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
11589 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
11592 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
11593 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11595 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11596 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11599 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
11603 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
11607 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
11608 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
11609 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
11610 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
11612 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
11614 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
11615 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
11616 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
11617 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
11618 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
11621 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
11622 if (contents
== NULL
)
11624 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
11628 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
11629 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
11630 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
11631 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
11632 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
11633 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11634 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
11635 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
11636 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
11637 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11638 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
11639 /* sh_info is set below. */
11640 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11641 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11643 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
11644 max_sym_count
= 20;
11645 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
11646 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
11647 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11648 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
11650 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
11652 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
11653 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
11655 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
11657 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
11659 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11661 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
11662 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
11663 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
11665 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
11667 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11668 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11669 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
11670 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11671 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11672 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11673 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
11674 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
11677 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
11678 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
11679 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
11680 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
11681 outputting relocs. */
11683 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11684 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11685 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11686 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11687 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11688 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11690 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
11693 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11694 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
11695 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11696 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
11697 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
11704 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
11706 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
11708 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
11709 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
11713 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
11715 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
11716 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
11720 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
11722 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
11723 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
11724 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11725 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
11729 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
11731 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11732 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11733 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
11736 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
11737 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11738 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
11741 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
11742 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11743 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
11746 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
11747 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11748 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
11752 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
11754 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11755 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11756 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
11762 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
11765 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
11766 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
11769 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
11772 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
11774 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
11777 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
11779 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
11781 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
11782 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
11783 alignment requirements. */
11784 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
11785 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
11786 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
11789 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
11790 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11792 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
11796 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
11799 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
11800 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
11801 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
11802 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
11803 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
11805 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
11806 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
11807 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
11808 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
11809 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
11810 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
11811 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
11812 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
11813 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
11814 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
11815 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
11816 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
11817 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
11819 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11820 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
11821 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11823 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11825 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11826 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
11827 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11828 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11830 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
11832 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
11834 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
11837 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11838 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11840 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11845 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11847 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11848 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
11849 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11850 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11851 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
11853 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
11855 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11857 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
11858 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
11859 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
11863 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
11865 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
11866 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
11867 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
11871 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11873 /* xgettext:c-format */
11874 (_("%B: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
11875 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
11884 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
11885 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
11887 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11888 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11889 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
11891 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
11892 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
11896 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
11897 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
11898 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
11899 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
11900 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
11901 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
11902 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11903 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11904 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
11905 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
11906 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11910 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
11911 table, do it now. */
11912 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
11913 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
11915 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11916 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11917 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11919 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11920 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
11921 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
11925 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
11926 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
11927 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
11928 converted to local in a version script. */
11930 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
11931 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11934 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
11935 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11937 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
11938 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
11940 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
11941 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
11943 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
11944 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11945 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
11951 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11953 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11955 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11961 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
11964 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
11965 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
11966 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
11967 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11969 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
11970 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11971 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11975 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
11976 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
11978 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
11979 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11984 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
11985 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
11986 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
11988 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11990 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
11995 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
11996 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11998 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
12000 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
12003 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12004 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12009 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
12010 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12011 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
12012 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12013 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12017 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
12018 table, do it now. */
12019 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
12020 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12022 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12023 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12024 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12026 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
12027 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12028 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12032 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
12033 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12035 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
12036 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
12039 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
12040 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
12042 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
12044 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
= NULL
;
12045 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
12047 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
12049 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
12051 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
12053 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
12054 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12055 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12056 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12057 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
12059 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
12062 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12063 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
12068 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
12069 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
12070 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
12071 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
12072 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
12073 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12074 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
12075 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12076 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12077 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12078 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12080 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12082 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12084 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12085 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12089 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12091 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: failed to generate import library"),
12092 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12096 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12097 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12099 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12101 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12104 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12105 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12106 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
))
12108 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12109 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
))
12112 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12113 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12114 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12117 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12118 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12120 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12121 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12124 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12126 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12127 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12128 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12130 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12131 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12132 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12134 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12137 bfd_size_type sh_size
;
12140 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12147 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12149 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12151 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12152 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12155 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12162 name
= info
->init_function
;
12165 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12168 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12170 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12172 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12173 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12175 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12176 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12177 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12178 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12179 + o
->output_offset
);
12182 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12183 library and does not apply to this one. */
12184 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12191 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12192 name
= ".preinit_array";
12194 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12195 name
= ".init_array";
12197 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12198 name
= ".fini_array";
12200 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12204 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12209 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12210 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12213 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12214 name
= ".preinit_array";
12216 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12217 name
= ".init_array";
12219 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12220 name
= ".fini_array";
12222 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12229 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12238 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12241 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12244 name
= ".gnu.version";
12246 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12251 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12254 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12257 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12258 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12261 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12268 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12274 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12276 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12278 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12279 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12280 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12282 sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12284 || sh_addr
> hdr
->sh_addr
)
12285 sh_addr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12289 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12291 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12292 overall reloc count. */
12293 sh_size
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12295 /* If the size is zero, make the address zero too.
12296 This is to avoid a glibc bug. If the backend
12297 emits DT_RELA/DT_RELASZ even when DT_RELASZ is
12298 zero, then we'll put DT_RELA at the end of
12299 DT_JMPREL. glibc will interpret the end of
12300 DT_RELA matching the end of DT_JMPREL as the
12301 case where DT_RELA includes DT_JMPREL, and for
12302 LD_BIND_NOW will decide that processing DT_RELA
12303 will process the PLT relocs too. Net result:
12304 No PLT relocs applied. */
12307 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
12308 it from DT_RELA. */
12309 else if (sh_addr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
12310 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
))
12311 sh_addr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12314 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12315 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= sh_size
;
12317 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= sh_addr
;
12320 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12324 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12325 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12327 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12330 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12331 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12332 || info
->error_textrel
)
12333 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12335 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12337 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12338 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12339 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12341 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12343 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12345 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12347 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12348 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12349 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations.\n"));
12351 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12352 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
12358 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12360 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12362 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12364 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12366 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12367 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12370 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12372 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12374 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12376 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12378 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12379 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12385 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12389 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12390 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12391 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
12397 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12399 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12401 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12406 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12407 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12409 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
12413 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12416 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12418 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
12422 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12423 if (contents
== NULL
)
12424 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12425 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12426 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12433 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12437 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12440 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12441 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12443 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12444 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12446 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12447 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12449 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12450 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12451 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12452 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12454 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12455 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12459 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12460 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12463 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12464 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12466 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12468 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12469 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12471 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12472 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12474 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12476 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12479 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12480 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12485 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12488 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12490 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12492 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12493 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12494 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12495 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12498 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12499 of input bfd ABFD. */
12502 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12503 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12506 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12508 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12510 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12511 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12515 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12517 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12518 info
->keep_memory
);
12519 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
12521 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12522 cookie
->relend
= (cookie
->rels
12523 + sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
12525 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12529 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
12533 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12536 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
12537 free (cookie
->rels
);
12540 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
12543 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12544 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12547 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
12549 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
12554 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12559 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
12563 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12566 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
12567 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12570 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
12572 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
12575 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12576 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12577 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12578 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12579 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12583 switch (h
->root
.type
)
12585 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12586 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12587 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12589 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12590 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
12597 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
12602 /* For undefined __start_<name> and __stop_<name> symbols, return the
12603 first input section matching <name>. Return NULL otherwise. */
12606 _bfd_elf_is_start_stop (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12607 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
12610 const char *sec_name
;
12612 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
12613 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
12616 s
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
;
12619 if (s
== (asection
*) 0 - 1)
12625 if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__start_", 8) == 0)
12626 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 8;
12627 else if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__stop_", 7) == 0)
12628 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 7;
12630 if (sec_name
!= NULL
&& *sec_name
!= '\0')
12634 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
12636 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (i
, sec_name
);
12639 h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
= s
;
12646 h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
= (asection
*) 0 - 1;
12651 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12652 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
12653 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
12656 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
12657 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12658 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12659 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
12661 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12662 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12664 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12665 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12668 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
12669 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12671 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
12674 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %B\n"),
12678 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12679 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12680 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12682 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
12683 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
12684 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
12685 handling copy relocs. */
12686 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
12687 h
->u
.weakdef
->mark
= 1;
12689 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
12691 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark all XXX input sections
12692 when there is an as yet undefined reference to __start_XXX
12693 or __stop_XXX symbols. The linker will later define such
12694 symbols for orphan input sections that have a name
12695 representable as a C identifier. */
12696 asection
*s
= _bfd_elf_is_start_stop (info
, h
);
12700 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
12705 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
12708 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
12709 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
12712 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12713 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
12714 the relocation symbol. */
12717 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12719 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12720 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
12723 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
12725 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
12726 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
12728 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
12730 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12731 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
12733 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12738 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
12743 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
12744 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
12745 which define symbols to which it refers. */
12748 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12750 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12753 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
12757 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
12758 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
12759 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
12760 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12763 /* Look through the section relocs. */
12765 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
12766 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12767 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
12768 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
12770 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12772 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12776 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
12777 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12782 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12786 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
12788 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12790 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
12794 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
12795 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12797 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
12801 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
12802 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
12803 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
12809 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
12812 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
12814 /* Point to first section of section group. */
12816 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
12819 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
12820 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
12822 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
12823 and special section. */
12824 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
12827 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12828 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
12830 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
12831 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
12833 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12835 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12837 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
12838 keep all sections in this group. */
12839 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
12844 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12846 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12850 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
12853 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12854 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12858 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12861 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
12862 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
12864 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12867 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
12868 see if any other section is already marked,
12869 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
12870 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= FALSE
;
12871 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12873 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12875 else if (isec
->gc_mark
)
12878 if (debug_frag_seen
== FALSE
12879 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
12880 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
12881 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
12884 /* If no section in this file will be kept, then we can
12885 toss out the debug and special sections. */
12889 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
12890 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
12891 just debug sections or special sections. */
12892 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12894 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
12895 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
12896 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
12897 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
12898 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
12902 if (! debug_frag_seen
)
12905 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
12906 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
12907 are associated with that code section. */
12908 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12909 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12910 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
12915 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
12917 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug section
12918 containing the name of the code section as a suffix. For
12919 example .debug_line.text.foo is a debug section associated
12921 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
12925 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
12926 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12929 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
12932 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
12933 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
12943 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
12945 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
12946 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
12949 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12952 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12953 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
12955 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12959 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12960 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
12963 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12965 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
12966 sections in the section group. If the first member of
12967 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
12969 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12971 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
12972 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
12978 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
12979 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
12982 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
12983 to remove a section from the output. */
12984 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
12986 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
12987 /* xgettext:c-format */
12988 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%s' in file '%B'"),
12991 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
12992 info we collected before. */
12994 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12995 && o
->reloc_count
!= 0
12996 && !((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
12997 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12998 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
13000 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13004 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
13005 info
->keep_memory
);
13006 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13009 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
13011 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13012 free (internal_relocs
);
13023 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
13024 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
13027 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13029 /* Those that are not vtables. */
13030 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13033 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
13034 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
13037 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
13038 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
13041 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
13042 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
13044 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
13046 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
13048 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
13049 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
13054 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13056 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13057 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
13059 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
13062 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13063 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13065 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13066 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13067 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13082 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13085 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13086 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13087 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13088 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13090 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13091 well as those that are not loaded. */
13092 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13095 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13096 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13098 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13099 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13100 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13102 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13104 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13105 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13106 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13108 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
13110 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13111 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13113 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13114 if (h
->vtable
->used
13115 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
13117 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13118 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
13121 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13122 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13128 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13129 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13133 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13135 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13136 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13138 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13139 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13141 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13142 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13143 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13144 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13145 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13146 || info
->export_dynamic
13149 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13150 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13151 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13152 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13153 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13158 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13159 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13162 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13164 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13166 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13168 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13170 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13171 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13174 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13175 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13176 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13177 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13178 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13183 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13184 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13186 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13188 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13191 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13193 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13196 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13199 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13201 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (ibfd
, sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13202 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13204 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13205 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13212 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13215 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13217 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13219 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13220 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13221 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13223 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13224 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13226 _bfd_error_handler(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13230 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13231 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13233 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13234 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13235 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13236 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13237 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13240 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13242 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13243 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13245 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13246 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13247 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13248 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13249 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13250 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13254 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13255 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13259 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13260 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13264 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13265 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13266 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13268 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13269 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13270 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13274 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13275 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13278 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13279 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13281 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13283 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13284 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13285 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13286 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13288 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13293 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13294 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13296 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13297 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13300 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13303 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13305 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13308 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13309 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13310 size_t extsymcount
;
13311 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13313 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13314 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13316 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13317 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13318 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13320 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13321 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13323 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13324 offset as the relocation. */
13325 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13327 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13328 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13329 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13330 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13331 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13335 /* xgettext:c-format */
13336 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT"),
13337 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
13338 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13342 if (!child
->vtable
)
13344 child
->vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13345 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
)));
13346 if (!child
->vtable
)
13351 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13352 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13353 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13354 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13356 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13359 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
13364 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13367 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13368 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13369 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13372 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13373 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13377 h
->vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13378 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
)));
13383 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
13385 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13386 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
13388 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13390 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13391 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13392 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13396 if (addend
>= size
)
13398 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13399 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13400 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13403 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13405 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13406 consolidation pass. */
13407 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13411 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13417 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13418 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13419 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13423 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13428 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13429 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13430 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
13433 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13438 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13442 flagword flag_value
;
13443 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13445 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13447 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13448 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13449 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13450 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13451 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13452 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13453 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13454 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13455 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13456 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13457 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13458 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13461 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13463 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13464 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13467 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13469 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13471 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13472 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13473 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13475 int without_hex
= 0;
13477 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13480 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13482 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13483 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13485 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13489 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13490 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13491 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13492 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13497 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13499 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13501 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13502 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13503 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13504 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13511 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13512 (_("Unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13516 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13517 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13518 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13521 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13524 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
13530 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
13532 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13535 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
13536 to real got offsets. */
13539 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
13541 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
13542 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
13543 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13545 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
13547 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
13548 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
13551 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
13556 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
13557 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
13560 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
13561 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13564 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13566 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
13568 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
13570 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13573 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
13574 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
13575 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
13578 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
13580 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
13581 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
13583 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
13584 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
13585 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13587 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13590 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
13594 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
13595 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
13596 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13598 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13600 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
13602 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
13604 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
13605 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
13608 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
13612 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
13613 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
13614 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
13615 gofarg
.info
= info
;
13616 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
13617 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
13622 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
13623 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
13626 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13628 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
13631 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13632 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
13636 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
13638 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
13640 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13641 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
13643 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
13645 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13647 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13648 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
13650 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
13653 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13654 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13657 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
13658 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13660 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13662 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
13664 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13665 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13666 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13668 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13669 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13670 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
13671 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
13672 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
13677 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
13678 but it could be a relocation against a local
13679 symbol for a discarded section. */
13681 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13683 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
13684 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
13685 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13687 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
13688 || discarded_section (isec
)))
13696 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
13697 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
13698 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
13699 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
13702 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13704 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13709 if (info
->traditional_format
13710 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13713 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
13718 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13721 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
13722 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
13726 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13729 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13732 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
13733 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
13734 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13738 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13743 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13744 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
13749 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13755 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13758 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13761 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
13762 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
13763 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13767 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13771 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
13773 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13775 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13778 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13780 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
13782 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
13785 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
13788 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
13792 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13793 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
13795 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
13796 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13797 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
13804 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
13806 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13809 const char *name
, *key
;
13810 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
13811 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
13813 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
13816 flags
= sec
->flags
;
13818 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
13819 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
13820 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
13823 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
13824 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
13825 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
13828 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
13830 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13831 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
13832 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
13833 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
13836 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
13837 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
13838 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
13841 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
13842 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
13843 single member groups. */
13847 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
13849 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13851 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
13852 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
13853 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
13854 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
13855 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
13856 type of section. */
13857 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13858 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13859 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
13860 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
13862 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
13863 issue a warning. */
13864 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
13867 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13869 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13870 asection
*s
= first
;
13874 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13875 /* Record which group discards it. */
13876 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13877 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
13878 /* These lists are circular. */
13888 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
13889 linkonce section and vice versa. */
13890 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13892 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13894 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
13895 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
13896 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13897 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13898 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
13900 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13901 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13902 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13907 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
13908 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13909 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13911 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
13914 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
13915 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
13917 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13918 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
13923 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
13924 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
13925 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
13926 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
13927 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
13928 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
13929 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
13930 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
13931 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
13932 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
13933 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
13935 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
13936 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13937 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13938 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
13940 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
13941 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13945 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
13946 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
13947 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
13948 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13952 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13954 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
13958 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13964 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13966 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13970 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
13971 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13972 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13973 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13974 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13976 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13977 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
13980 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
13982 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
13984 static const char *
13985 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
13987 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13990 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
13991 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
13993 if (old_name
== NULL
)
13996 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
13997 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
14002 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
14003 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
14004 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
14008 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
14010 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14012 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14014 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14016 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14020 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
14022 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14023 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14030 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
14031 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
14032 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
14035 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
14036 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
14037 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
14038 string table associated with ABFD. */
14041 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
14043 unsigned int alignment
,
14045 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14047 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14049 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14051 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14056 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14058 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14060 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14061 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14062 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14063 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14065 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14066 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14068 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14069 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14070 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14071 seen to be a .rela section. */
14072 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14073 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14078 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14084 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14085 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14086 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14087 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14089 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14090 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14091 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14093 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14094 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14095 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14097 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14098 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14100 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14101 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14104 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14107 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14109 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14110 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14111 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14112 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14115 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14118 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14120 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14121 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14122 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14123 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);